Download Samsung S19B150N دليل المستخدم

Transcript
‫‪S19B150N/S22B150N/S24B150NL‬‬
‫ﺟﻬ ﺎز اﻟﻌ ﺮض‬
‫دﻟﻴ ﻞ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫ﻗ ﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠ ﻒ اﻟﻠ ﻮن أو اﻟﻤﻈﻬ ﺮ ﺑ ﺎﺧﺘﻼف اﻟﻤﻨﺘ ﺞ‪ ،‬وﺗﺨﻀ ﻊ اﻟﻤﻮاﺻ ﻔﺎت‬
‫‪.‬ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴ ﻴﺮ دون إﺷ ﻌﺎر ﻣﺴ ﺒﻖ ﻟﺘﺤﺴ ﻴﻦ اﻷداء‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت‬
‫‪ .1‬اﺣﺘﯿﺎﻃﺎت اﻷﻣﺎﻥ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ‬
‫‪Natural Color .4-1‬‬
‫‪ .1-1‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ‬
‫‪MagicTune .4-2‬‬
‫‪ .1-2‬اﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ واﻟﺼﯿﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫‪MultiScreen .4-3‬‬
‫‪ .1-3‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ ﺟﮫﺎﺯ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫‪ .1-4‬اﺣﺘﯿﺎﻃﺎت اﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫‪ .2-1‬ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت ﺣﺰﻣﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫‪ .2-2‬ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ اﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪ .2-3‬ﺗﻮﺻﯿﻞ ﺟﮫﺎﺯ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫‪ .2-4‬ﻗﻔﻞ أﻣﺎﻥ ‪Kensington‬‬
‫‪ .3‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻡ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫‪ .3-1‬ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺜﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ .3-2‬ﺟﺪوﻝ اﻷوﺿﺎع اﻟﻘﯿﺎﺳﯿﺔ ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭات‬
‫‪ .3-3‬ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﺠﮫﺎﺯ‬
‫‪ .3-4‬أﺯﺭاﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫‪ .3-5‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻡ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )‪ :OSD‬اﻟﻘﻮاﺋﻢ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ(‬
‫‪.3-6‬ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ‪ Brightness‬و ‪ Contrast‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ‬
‫‪ .5‬اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮫﺎ‬
‫‪ .5-1‬اﻟﺘﺸﺨﯿﺺ اﻟﺬاﺗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺟﮫﺎﺯ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫‪ .5-2‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﻃﻠﺐ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫‪ .5-3‬اﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺪاوﻟﺔ‬
‫‪ .6‬ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬
‫‪ .6-1‬اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬
‫‪ .6-2‬وﻇﯿﻔﺔ ﺗﻮﻓﯿﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫‪ .6-3‬اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑـﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪ SAMSUNG‬ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﯿﻊ أﻧﺤﺎء اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫‪ .6-4‬ﻣﺴﺆوﻟﯿﺔ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﺪﻓﻊ )اﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﺤﻤﻠﮫﺎ اﻟﻌﻤﻼء(‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ .1‬اﺣﺘﯿﺎﻃﺎت اﻷﻣﺎﻥ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ‬
‫‪ .1-1‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ھﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﯿﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ا ﻻﺳ ﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ اﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ اﻹﻋﺪاﺩ اﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺅﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ھﺬا اﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻡ ھﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﯿﻞ‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺪا ﻋﻠﻰ اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ اﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻡ ھﺬا اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺟﻴ ً‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺇﺫا ﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭاﺟﻊ اﻟﻘﺴﻢ 'اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ اﻷﺧﻄﺎء ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ'‬
‫إﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺣﻘﻮق اﻟﻨﺸﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻀﻊ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ھﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﻟﺘﺤﺴﻴﻦ اﻵﺩاء‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻘﻮﻕ اﻟﻨﺸﺮ ©‪ .Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd 2011‬ﻛﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺤﻘﻮق ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﻧﺸﺮ ھﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪.Samsung Electronics, Co., Ltd‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ھﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺟﺰء ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻌﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺫﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﻦ ‪.Samsung Electronics, Co., Ltd‬‬
‫ﺗُﻌﺪ ‪ Microsoft‬ﻭ‪ Windows‬ﻭ‪ Windows NT‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪.Microsoft‬‬
‫ﺠﻠﺔ ﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺎﺕ اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪ ‪ VESA‬ﻭ‪ DPM‬ﻭ‪ DDC‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣُﺴ َ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ .1‬اﺣﺘﯿﺎﻃﺎت اﻷﻣﺎن اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ‬
‫‪ .1-2‬اﻟﻀﻤﺎن واﻟﺼﯿﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻣﯿﻦ ﻣﻜﺎن اﻟﺘﺮﻛﯿﺐ‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭاﻷﺷﻴﺎء اﻷﺧﺮﻯ )ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﺤﻮاﺋﻂ( ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ اﻟﺘﮫﻮﻳﺔ اﻟﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆدﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ اﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ إﻟﻰ اﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ أﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺰﻳﺎدﺓ ﺣﺮارﺗﻪ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﻤﻈﮫﺮ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼف اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺣﻮل اﻟﺼﻮر اﻟﺪاﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدﻱ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺻﻮر ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ إﻟﻰ إﻧﺸﺎء ﺻﻮرﺓ داﺋﻤﺔ أﻭ ﺑﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻡ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺣﻔﻆ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ أﻭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ .1‬اﺣﺘﯿﺎﻃﺎت اﻷﻣﺎن اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ‬
‫‪ .1-3‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ ﺟﮫﺎﺯ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ ﺟﮫﺎﺯ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻈﻒ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ وﻓ ً‬
‫ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ وﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﺨﺪﺵ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪ ،‬وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺤﺮﺹ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻧ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ وﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺠﻨّﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻌّﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﺼﻌﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ إﻣﺴﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ وﺗﺠّﻨﺐ ﻟﻤﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺑﺄﻳﺪ ﻣﺒﺘﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻣﺴﺢ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺮﻃﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ أﻱ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺤﻮﻝ أو ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺬﻳﺒﺔ أو ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫إﺫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ إﻟﻰ ﺗﻐّﻴﺮ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ أو ﺗﺸﻘﻘﻪ أو ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻄﻼء ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء أو ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮًﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫وإﻻ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ وﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪوﺙ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ أو ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ أو‬
‫ﺗﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻈﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺮﻃﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻧ ّ‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ وﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫اﺣﺘﯿﺎﻃﺎت اﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺮﻃﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﻘﻊ ﺑﻴﻀﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ھﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻪ إﻟﻰ أﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﺮ( ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮ ّ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ .1‬اﺣﺘﯿﺎﻃﺎت اﻷﻣﺎﻥ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ‬
‫‪ .1-4‬اﺣﺘﯿﺎﻃﺎت اﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫اﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ اﺣﺘﯿﺎﻃﺎت اﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫اﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫اﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺎﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﻄﻴﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻓﺎﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺎﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺟﺴﺪﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎت‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ھﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍء‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻧﺰﻉ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻷﺭﺽ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺮﺟﻊ ﻟﻚ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬ‬
‫ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺗﺎﻟﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪،‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺄﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺘﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺛﻨﻲ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺪﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺆﺭﺽ )ﻟﻤﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﻔﺮﻃﺔ ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﺷﻴﺎء ﺛﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﺴﺒﺒﺐ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺳﻠﻚ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺳﺨﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﻨﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﻳﻜﺴﻮھﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻔﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﯿﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺰَﻭﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻧﺰﻉ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻣﺴﺎﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻧﺰﻉ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻟﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﻛﯿﺐ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻌﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﺎﻓﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﻣﻮﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﺎﺋﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺨﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ھﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ‬
‫ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺪﺍﺭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﺩﻱء‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ‪ 10‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﻠﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻑ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺎﻷﻛﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ‬
‫ﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﻐﻠﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﻌﻴ ً‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻼھﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻃﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻑ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ھﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻛﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺅﻭﺳﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺿﻮﺍ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﻨﺎﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺗﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﺮﺿ‬
‫ﻟﻼھﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺜﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ھ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻸﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ )ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻭﻧﺎ( ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﻮﺕ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺧﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء )ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺮ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺠﻨﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺨﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻀﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻳ ً‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻘﺼﻴﺮ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺻﻼﺣﻴ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻬﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻧﻈًﺮﺍ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﺃﺛﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﻳﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﻃﻌﻤﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺯﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻳﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻬﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻄﺒﺦ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ‬
‫ﻭﺛﺎﺑﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﯿﻪ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻧﻘﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ھﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ھﺬﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻑ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻻ ﺗﺒﺮﺯ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﻪ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻨ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﺎ‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻑ ﻣﻨﺎﺳ‬
‫ﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺧﻄﻴﺮﺓ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ھﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺣﻮﻝ ھﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻸﺗﺮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﺳﻜﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟ‬
‫اﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻳﺴﺮﻱ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﺟﻬﺪ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﻼﺣﻪ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻪ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ھﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤّﻮﺻﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻭﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻺﺻﻼﺡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺻﺪﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺧﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻨﺰﻉ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻸﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﺒﺚ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻮﺩ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﻟﻌﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﻮﺯﺍﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﻺﻣﺴﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ھﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻲء‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ھﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻲء ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲء ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺪﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻀﻪ ﻟﻠﺼﺪﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺴﺤﺐ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻛﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ھﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺣﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ھﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﺫﺍﺫ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺷﻴﺎء ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ھﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺳﺪ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻔﺮﺵ ﻣﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ھﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﺷﻴﺎء ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ )ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ(‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﻣﺎء ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ھﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ‬
‫ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺇﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺰھﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻴﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﻗﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺷﻲء ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﻣﺎء ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ھﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ‬
‫ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﯿﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ھﺬﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺧﻠﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺳﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺭﺃ ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻹﻣﺴﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨ‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻤ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤّﻮﻝ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤّﻮﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳ‬
‫ﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻤﺤّﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻌﻴ ً‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻨﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤّﻮﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤّﻮﻝ ﺩﺍﺋ ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺤّﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﻤﺎء‬
‫ﻼ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺒﺘ ً‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء ﺃ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤّﻮﻝ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﺃﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻋ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﺻ ً‬
‫ﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﺩﺍﺋ ً‬
‫ﺗﻌّﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺤّﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﺒﻠﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﻣﺸﺎھﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺒﺼﺮﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪ‬
‫ﻄﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﻗﺴ ً‬
‫)ﺧﻤﺲ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻛﻞ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ( ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﺎھﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻄﻴﻒ ﺃﻱ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻳﺼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻥ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﻴ ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﻨﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲء ﺛﻘﻴﻞ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﺤﺸﺎﺭ ﻳﺪﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﺒﻌﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻣﺸﻜﻠ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻺﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﺴﻠﯿﻢ أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻡ ھﺬا اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ھﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻇﻬﺮﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 45‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 50‬ﺳﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻬﺎ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻭﺍﺟﻠﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺟﻬﻚ ﻣﺘﺠ ً‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﻀﻮء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻛﻮﻋﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻭﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺫﺭﺍﻋﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻇﺎھﺮ ﻳﺪﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻛﻮﻋﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﻛﻌﺒﻴﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺑﻘﺎء ﺭﻛﺒﺘﻴﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ 90‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺫﺭﺍﻋﻚ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻗﻠﺒﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ .2‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫‪ .2-1‬ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت ﺣﺰﻣﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫„‬
‫ﺃﻓﺮﻍ ﻋﺒﻮﺓ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻮدﺓ داﺧﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫„‬
‫اﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺼﻨﺪﻭق اﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﻚ ﻟﻪ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫)ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ(‬
‫ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺤّﻮﻝ ‪DC‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎري‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ ‪D-Sub‬‬
‫ﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ اﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺷﺮاﺅﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻭﻓ ً‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ اﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ .2‬ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫‪ .2-2‬ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ اﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭﻣﺴﺘٍﻮ )ﻛﻤﻨﻀﺪة‪ ،‬أﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺑﻪ( ﺑﺤﯿﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻨﻀﺪة ﻟﻠﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺤﯿﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺷﺎﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﻔﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺔ اﻟﻘﻤﺎﺵ‪.‬‬
‫أدﺧﻞ "ﻭﺻﻠﺔ اﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ" ﻓﻲ "اﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ" ﻓﻲ اﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ اﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أﻥ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ اﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﯿﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻠﻒ اﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ اﻟﻘﻼﻭﻭﻅ اﻟﺮاﺑﻂ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺘﻪ ﺗﻤﺎ ً‬
‫أﻣﺴﻚ اﻟﺠﺴﻢ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﯿﺪﻳﻚ ﻛﻤﺎ ھﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻊ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺴﻢ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻲ اﺗﺠﺎﻩ اﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ھﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ادﻓﻊ اﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﻤﺠ ﱠ‬
‫ ﺗﻨﺒﯿﻪ‬‫ﺪا ﺑﺤﻤﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ أﺑ ً‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ إﻟﻰ ﺑﺬﻝ ﻣﺠﻬﻮد أﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮد اﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﺘﺮﻛﯿﺒﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ .2‬ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫‪.2-3‬ﺗﻮﺻﯿﻞ ﺟﮫﺎﺯ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﺰء اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼف ﻃﺮاﺯ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ اﻋﺘﻤﺎًدا ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ اﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻋﻤﻪ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎت ﻣﺨﺮﺝ )‪D-Sub (Analog‬‬
‫{‬
‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ]‪ [RGB IN‬اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ ]‪ [D-Sub‬اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻛﺒﻞ ‪.D-Sub‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﺤّﻮل اﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ اﻟﻜﮫﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺒﺲ ]‪ [DC‬اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ اﻟﻜﮫﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤّﻮل وﻣﺄﺧﺬ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ اﻟﺠﮫﺪ اﻟﻜﮫﺮﺑﻲ اﻟﺪاﺧﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋًﻴﺎ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ واﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻣﺘﺼ ً‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ .2‬ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫‪ .2-4‬ﻗﻔﻞ أﻣﺎن ‪Kensington‬‬
‫ﻜﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﯿﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻔﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻨﻮا ﻣﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ ﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮاﺟﺪھﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ‬
‫ﻳُﻌﺪ ﻗﻔﻞ ‪ Kensington‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻟﻠﺴﺮﻗﺔ ﺑﺤﯿﺚ ﻳﻤ ّ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ اﻟﺮﺟﻮع إﻟﻰ "دﻟﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ" اﻟﻤُﻠﺤﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ اﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﯿﺚ أﻥ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ اﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﻭاﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼف اﻟﻄﺮاﺯ ﻭاﻟﺠﻬﺔ اﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﯿﻚ ﺷﺮاء ﻗﻔﻞ أﻣﺎﻥ ‪ Kensington‬ﺑﻤﻔﺮدﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﻔﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻠﻒ ﻛﺒﻞ ﻗﻔﻞ أﻣﺎﻥ ‪ Kensington‬ﺣﻮﻝ ﺷﻲء ﻛﺒﯿﺮ ﻭﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻛﻤﻜﺘﺐ أﻭ ﻛﺮﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﺳﺤﺐ ﻃﺮف اﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻘﻔﻞ اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ﺧﻼﻝ اﻟﻄﺮف اﻟﻤﻌﻘﻮد ﺑﻜﺒﻞ ﻗﻔﻞ أﻣﺎﻥ ‪.Kensington‬‬
‫‪ .3‬أدﺧﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ اﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ‪ Kensington‬اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدﺓ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ )‬
‫‪ .4‬أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﻘﻔﻞ ) (‪.‬‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫„‬
‫ھﺬﻩ ھﻲ اﻹﺭﺷﺎداﺕ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻹﺭﺷﺎداﺕ اﻟﺘﻔﺼﯿﻠﯿﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭاﺟﻊ "دﻟﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ" اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ اﻟﻘﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫„‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺷﺮاء ﺟﻬﺎﺯ اﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﺠﺮ ﺑﯿﻊ إﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﯿﺎﺕ أﻭ ﻣﺘﺠﺮ ﻋﺒﺮ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ أﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ .3‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫‪ .3-1‬ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺜﻠﻰ‬
‫إﺫا ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺷﺮاﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺜﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ إﺣﺪﻯ اﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﻭاﻟﺪﻗﺔ اﻟﻤُﺜﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫▲‪ : ▼/‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ھﺬﻩ اﻷﺯﺭاﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : MENU‬إﺫا ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ ھﺬا اﻟﺰﺭ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺨﺘﻔﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫„‬
‫إﺫا ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ اﻟﻤُﺜﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮاﺕ‪.‬‬
‫„‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻷﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫„‬
‫„‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ إﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﻪ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫„‬
‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰﺭ اﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ اﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮﻕ "ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ" ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪﺩ 'ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ' ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫„‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ 'إﻋﺪاﺩاﺕ'‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻷﻣﺜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺜﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﺭاﺟﻊ اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ .3‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻡ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫‪ .3-2‬ﺟﺪوﻝ اﻷوﺿﺎع اﻟﻘﯿﺎﺳﯿﺔ ﻟﻺﺷﺎرات‬
‫ﻤﺜﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ھﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻊ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﺜﻠﻰ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﻟ ُ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻘﻞ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺿﺎع ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋًﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻨﺪﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻭﺿﺎع ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ "ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ" ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮع ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪S19B150N‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻷﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻟﺮأﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻜﺴﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺒﯿﺔ ﻣﺘﺰاﻣﻨﺔ‬
‫)‪(kHz‬‬
‫)‪(Hz‬‬
‫)‪(MHz‬‬
‫)أﻓﻘﻲ‪/‬رأﺳﻲ(‬
‫‪IBM، 720 × 400‬‬
‫‪31.469‬‬
‫‪70.087‬‬
‫‪28.322‬‬
‫‪+/-‬‬
‫‪MAC، 640 × 480‬‬
‫‪35.000‬‬
‫‪66.667‬‬
‫‪30.240‬‬
‫‪- /-‬‬
‫‪MAC، 832 × 624‬‬
‫‪49.726‬‬
‫‪74.551‬‬
‫‪57.284‬‬
‫‪- /-‬‬
‫‪VESA، 640 × 480‬‬
‫‪31.469‬‬
‫‪59.940‬‬
‫‪25.175‬‬
‫‪- /-‬‬
‫‪VESA، 640 × 480‬‬
‫‪37.861‬‬
‫‪72.809‬‬
‫‪31.500‬‬
‫‪- /-‬‬
‫‪VESA، 640 × 480‬‬
‫‪37.500‬‬
‫‪75.000‬‬
‫‪31.500‬‬
‫‪- /-‬‬
‫‪VESA، 800 × 600‬‬
‫‪35.156‬‬
‫‪56.250‬‬
‫‪36.000‬‬
‫‪+/+‬‬
‫‪VESA، 800 × 600‬‬
‫‪37.879‬‬
‫‪60.317‬‬
‫‪40.000‬‬
‫‪+/+‬‬
‫‪VESA، 800 × 600‬‬
‫‪48.077‬‬
‫‪72.188‬‬
‫‪50.000‬‬
‫‪+/+‬‬
‫‪VESA، 800 × 600‬‬
‫‪46.875‬‬
‫‪75.000‬‬
‫‪49.500‬‬
‫‪+/+‬‬
‫‪VESA، 1024 × 768‬‬
‫‪48.363‬‬
‫‪60.004‬‬
‫‪65.000‬‬
‫‪- /-‬‬
‫‪VESA، 1024 × 768‬‬
‫‪56.476‬‬
‫‪70.069‬‬
‫‪75.000‬‬
‫‪- /-‬‬
‫‪VESA، 1024 × 768‬‬
‫‪60.023‬‬
‫‪75.029‬‬
‫‪78.750‬‬
‫‪+/+‬‬
‫‪VESA، 1280 × 720‬‬
‫‪45.000‬‬
‫‪60.000‬‬
‫‪74.250‬‬
‫‪+/+‬‬
‫‪VESA، 1366 × 768‬‬
‫‪47.712‬‬
‫‪59.790‬‬
‫‪85.500‬‬
‫‪+/+‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻷﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻟﺮأﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻜﺴﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺒﯿﺔ ﻣﺘﺰاﻣﻨﺔ‬
‫)‪(kHz‬‬
‫)‪(Hz‬‬
‫)‪(MHz‬‬
‫)أﻓﻘﻲ‪/‬رأﺳﻲ(‬
‫‪IBM، 720 × 400‬‬
‫‪31.469‬‬
‫‪70.087‬‬
‫‪28.322‬‬
‫‪+/-‬‬
‫‪MAC، 640 × 480‬‬
‫‪35.000‬‬
‫‪66.667‬‬
‫‪30.240‬‬
‫‪-/-‬‬
‫‪MAC، 832 × 624‬‬
‫‪49.726‬‬
‫‪74.551‬‬
‫‪57.284‬‬
‫‪-/-‬‬
‫‪MAC، 1152 × 870‬‬
‫‪68.681‬‬
‫‪75.062‬‬
‫‪100.000‬‬
‫‪-/-‬‬
‫‪VESA، 640 × 480‬‬
‫‪31.469‬‬
‫‪59.940‬‬
‫‪25.175‬‬
‫‪-/-‬‬
‫‪VESA، 640 × 480‬‬
‫‪37.861‬‬
‫‪72.809‬‬
‫‪31.500‬‬
‫‪-/-‬‬
‫‪VESA، 640 × 480‬‬
‫‪37.500‬‬
‫‪75.000‬‬
‫‪31.500‬‬
‫‪-/-‬‬
‫‪VESA، 800 × 600‬‬
‫‪35.156‬‬
‫‪56.250‬‬
‫‪36.000‬‬
‫‪+/+‬‬
‫‪VESA، 800 × 600‬‬
‫‪37.879‬‬
‫‪60.317‬‬
‫‪40.000‬‬
‫‪+/+‬‬
‫‪VESA، 800 × 600‬‬
‫‪48.077‬‬
‫‪72.188‬‬
‫‪50.000‬‬
‫‪+/+‬‬
‫‪VESA، 800 × 600‬‬
‫‪46.875‬‬
‫‪75.000‬‬
‫‪49.500‬‬
‫‪+/+‬‬
‫‪VESA، 1024 × 768‬‬
‫‪48.363‬‬
‫‪60.004‬‬
‫‪65.000‬‬
‫‪-/-‬‬
‫‪VESA، 1024 × 768‬‬
‫‪56.476‬‬
‫‪70.069‬‬
‫‪75.000‬‬
‫‪-/-‬‬
‫‪VESA، 1024 × 768‬‬
‫‪60.023‬‬
‫‪75.029‬‬
‫‪78.750‬‬
‫‪+/+‬‬
‫‪VESA، 1152 × 864‬‬
‫‪67.500‬‬
‫‪75.000‬‬
‫‪108.000‬‬
‫‪+/+‬‬
‫‪VESA، 1280 × 720‬‬
‫‪45.000‬‬
‫‪60.000‬‬
‫‪74.250‬‬
‫‪+/+‬‬
‫‪VESA، 1280 × 800‬‬
‫‪49.702‬‬
‫‪59.810‬‬
‫‪83.500‬‬
‫‪+/-‬‬
‫‪VESA، 1280 × 1024‬‬
‫‪63.981‬‬
‫‪60.020‬‬
‫‪108.000‬‬
‫‪+/+‬‬
‫‪VESA، 1280 × 1024‬‬
‫‪79.976‬‬
‫‪75.025‬‬
‫‪135.000‬‬
‫‪+/+‬‬
‫‪VESA، 1440 × 900‬‬
‫‪55.935‬‬
‫‪59.887‬‬
‫‪106.500‬‬
‫‪+/-‬‬
‫‪VESA، 1600 × 900‬‬
‫‪60.000‬‬
‫‪60.000‬‬
‫‪108.000‬‬
‫‪+/+‬‬
‫‪VESA، 1680 × 1050‬‬
‫‪65.290‬‬
‫‪59.954‬‬
‫‪146.250‬‬
‫‪+/-‬‬
‫‪VESA، 1920 × 1080‬‬
‫‪67.500‬‬
‫‪60.000‬‬
‫‪148.500‬‬
‫‪+/+‬‬
‫وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫‪S22B150N‬‬
‫وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫‪S24B150NL‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻷﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻟﺮأﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻜﺴﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺒﯿﺔ ﻣﺘﺰاﻣﻨﺔ‬
‫)‪(kHz‬‬
‫)‪(Hz‬‬
‫)‪(MHz‬‬
‫)أﻓﻘﻲ‪/‬رأﺳﻲ(‬
‫‪IBM، 720 × 400‬‬
‫‪31.469‬‬
‫‪70.087‬‬
‫‪28.322‬‬
‫‪+/-‬‬
‫‪MAC، 640 × 480‬‬
‫‪35.000‬‬
‫‪66.667‬‬
‫‪30.240‬‬
‫‪-/-‬‬
‫‪MAC، 832 × 624‬‬
‫‪49.726‬‬
‫‪74.551‬‬
‫‪57.284‬‬
‫‪-/-‬‬
‫‪MAC، 1152 × 870‬‬
‫‪68.681‬‬
‫‪75.062‬‬
‫‪100.000‬‬
‫‪-/-‬‬
‫‪VESA، 640 × 480‬‬
‫‪31.469‬‬
‫‪59.940‬‬
‫‪25.175‬‬
‫‪-/-‬‬
‫‪VESA، 640 × 480‬‬
‫‪37.861‬‬
‫‪72.809‬‬
‫‪31.500‬‬
‫‪-/-‬‬
‫‪VESA، 640 × 480‬‬
‫‪37.500‬‬
‫‪75.000‬‬
‫‪31.500‬‬
‫‪-/-‬‬
‫‪VESA، 800 × 600‬‬
‫‪35.156‬‬
‫‪56.250‬‬
‫‪36.000‬‬
‫‪+/+‬‬
‫‪VESA، 800 × 600‬‬
‫‪37.879‬‬
‫‪60.317‬‬
‫‪40.000‬‬
‫‪+/+‬‬
‫‪VESA، 800 × 600‬‬
‫‪48.077‬‬
‫‪72.188‬‬
‫‪50.000‬‬
‫‪+/+‬‬
‫‪VESA، 800 × 600‬‬
‫‪46.875‬‬
‫‪75.000‬‬
‫‪49.500‬‬
‫‪+/+‬‬
‫‪VESA، 1024 × 768‬‬
‫‪48.363‬‬
‫‪60.004‬‬
‫‪65.000‬‬
‫‪-/-‬‬
‫وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫‪VESA، 1024 × 768‬‬
‫‪56.476‬‬
‫‪70.069‬‬
‫‪75.000‬‬
‫‪-/-‬‬
‫‪VESA، 1024 × 768‬‬
‫‪60.023‬‬
‫‪75.029‬‬
‫‪78.750‬‬
‫‪+/+‬‬
‫‪VESA، 1152 × 864‬‬
‫‪67.500‬‬
‫‪75.000‬‬
‫‪108.000‬‬
‫‪+/+‬‬
‫‪VESA، 1280 × 720‬‬
‫‪45.000‬‬
‫‪60.000‬‬
‫‪74.250‬‬
‫‪+/+‬‬
‫‪VESA، 1280 × 800‬‬
‫‪49.702‬‬
‫‪59.810‬‬
‫‪83.500‬‬
‫‪+/-‬‬
‫‪VESA، 1280 × 1024‬‬
‫‪63.981‬‬
‫‪60.020‬‬
‫‪108.000‬‬
‫‪+/+‬‬
‫‪VESA، 1280 × 1024‬‬
‫‪79.976‬‬
‫‪75.025‬‬
‫‪135.000‬‬
‫‪+/+‬‬
‫‪VESA، 1440 × 900‬‬
‫‪55.935‬‬
‫‪59.887‬‬
‫‪106.500‬‬
‫‪+/-‬‬
‫‪VESA، 1600 × 900‬‬
‫‪60.000‬‬
‫‪60.000‬‬
‫‪108.000‬‬
‫‪+/+‬‬
‫‪VESA، 1680 × 1050‬‬
‫‪65.290‬‬
‫‪59.954‬‬
‫‪146.250‬‬
‫‪+/-‬‬
‫‪VESA، 1920 × 1080‬‬
‫‪67.500‬‬
‫‪60.000‬‬
‫‪148.500‬‬
‫‪+/+‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻷﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺧﻂ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ‪ .‬ﻳٌﻘﺎس ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻴﻠﻮ ھﺮﺗﺰ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻟﺮأﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺫﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﻋﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﻞ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎھﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻳُﺴﻤﻰ ھﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻲ‪ .‬ﻳٌﻘﺎس ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺮﺗﺰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ .3‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫‪ .3-3‬ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﺠﮫﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺠﮫﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﻭاﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻔﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ أﺣﺪ ﻣﺮاﻛﺰ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ أﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫اﻟﺠﮫﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﻳﺘﻢ إﺭﻓﺎﻗﻪ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ .‬إﺫا ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ﺗﺎﻟ ً‬
‫ﻭﻳﺐ اﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪ ،(http://www.samsung.com/) Samsung Electronics‬ﻭﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬أﺩﺧﻞ اﻟﻘﺮﺹ اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁ اﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ اﻷﻗﺮاﺹ اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ "‪."Windows Driver‬‬
‫‪ .3‬أﻛﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺧﻄﻮاﺕ اﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﮫﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﻃﺮاﺯ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻄُﺮﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ إﻋﺪاﺩاﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ اﻟﺮﺟﻮع إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫اﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﺮح ﻧﻈﺎﻡ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪.Windows‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ .3‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻡ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫‪ .3-4‬أﺯﺭاﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫أﺯﺭاﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫„‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ اﻷﺯﺭاﺭ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ‪ OSD Guide‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫„‬
‫إﺫا ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺯﺭاﺭ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ‪ OSD Guide‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺰﺭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺬا اﻟﺰﺭ‪.‬‬
‫„‬
‫ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰﺭ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺓ اﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫„‬
‫ﻤﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ اﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ اﻟﺰﺭ ﻣﻦ اﻷﻣﺎﻡ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ إﻟﻰ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ اﻟﺰﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠ ً‬
‫„‬
‫ﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻭاﻟﻄﺮُﺯ‪ .‬اﻟﺮﺟﺎء اﻟﺮﺟﻮع ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ اﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ‪ OSD Guide‬ﻃﺒ ً‬
‫اﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫اﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ھﺬا اﻟﺰﺭ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ اﻟﻘﻮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )‪.(OSD‬‬
‫ﻀﺎ إﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﻮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ إﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺫاﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ھﺬا اﻟﺰﺭ ﺃﻳ ً‬
‫ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫* ﻗﻔﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﻘﻮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ھﺬﻩ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻔﻞ اﻟﻘﻮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ إﻣﺎ ﻟﺤﻔﻆ اﻹﻋﺪاﺩاﺕ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻹﻋﺪاﺩاﺕ‬
‫ﺺ ﺁﺧ ﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ِﻗَﺒﻞ ﺷﺨ ٍ‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫ﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ "ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮاﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰﺭ ‪ MENU‬ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ‪ 10‬ﺛﻮا ِ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻥ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫إﻳﻘﺎﻑ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮاﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰﺭ ‪ MENU‬ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ‪ 10‬ﺛﻮا ِ‬
‫"ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﻘﻮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ اﻟﺴﻄﻮع ﻭاﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﻭإﻋﺪاﺩ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺼﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ ]‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ >‪ <Customized Key‬ﻹﺣﺪﻯ اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬إﺫا ﻗﺎﻡ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ"اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫[ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ" ]‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫▲ ‪▼/‬‬
‫>‪Bright‬‬
‫< ‪<Image Size> - <Eco Saving> -‬‬
‫„‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪ Customized Key‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫„‬
‫>‪ <SETUP&RESET>-<Customized Key‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﻮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ اﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ اﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ھﺬﻩ اﻷﺯﺭاﺭ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺩاﺧﻞ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﻮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ھﺬا اﻟﺰﺭ ﻟﺘﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﻄﻮع اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ھﺬا اﻟﺰﺭ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ إﺣﺪﻯ اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪AUTO‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰﺭ ]‪ [AUTO‬ﻟﻀﺒﻂ إﻋﺪاﺩاﺕ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋًﻴﺎ‬
‫إﺫا ﺗﻢ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪاﺩاﺕ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ اﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪.AUTO adjustment‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ھﺬا اﻟﺰﺭ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫„‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ اﻷﺯﺭاﺭ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤﺲ‬
‫„‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻚ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺲ اﻷﺯﺭاﺭ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪ ً‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺿﻮء ﺑﯿﺎﻥ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺿﻮء اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭاﺟﻊ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ "ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻡ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ اﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ .3‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫‪ .3-5‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )‪ :OSD‬اﻟﻘﻮاﺋﻢ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ(‬
‫ﺑﻨﯿﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )‪ :OSD‬اﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ(‬
‫اﻟﻘﻮاﺋﻢ اﻟﻌﻠﯿﺎ‬
‫‪Picture‬‬
‫اﻟﻘﻮاﺋﻢ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﯿﺔ‬
‫‪Brightness‬‬
‫‪Contrast‬‬
‫‪Bright‬‬
‫‪Sharpness‬‬
‫‪Coarse‬‬
‫‪Fine‬‬
‫‪Color‬‬
‫‪Red‬‬
‫‪COLOR‬‬
‫‪Blue‬‬
‫‪Green‬‬
‫‪Color Tone‬‬
‫‪Gamma‬‬
‫& ‪SIZE‬‬
‫‪POSITION‬‬
‫‪H-Position‬‬
‫‪V-Position‬‬
‫‪Image Size‬‬
‫‪Menu H-Position‬‬
‫‪Reset‬‬
‫‪Language‬‬
‫‪Eco Saving‬‬
‫‪Off Timer On/Off‬‬
‫‪SETUP&RESET‬‬
‫‪Key Repeat Time‬‬
‫‪Customized Key‬‬
‫‪Menu V‬‬‫‪Position‬‬
‫‪Off Timer‬‬
‫‪Setting‬‬
‫‪Menu‬‬
‫‪Display Time‬‬
‫‪Transparency‬‬
‫‪INFORMATION‬‬
‫ﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺩﻳﻞ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮع ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﻓ ً‬
‫‪PICTURE‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﻄﻮع ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Brightness‬‬
‫< إﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ >‪.<Dynamic Contrast‬‬
‫„‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ھﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ >‪Bright‬‬
‫„‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ھﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ >‪.<Eco Saving‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫„‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ھﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ >‪Bright‬‬
‫< إﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ >‪ <Dynamic Contrast‬أﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ >‪.<Cinema‬‬
‫‪Contrast‬‬
‫„‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ھﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ >‪Color‬‬
‫< إﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ >‪ <Full‬أﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ >‬
‫‪.<Intelligent‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫„‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ھﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ >‪Bright‬‬
‫< إﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ >‪ <Dynamic Contrast‬أﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ >‪.<Cinema‬‬
‫‪Sharpness‬‬
‫„‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ھﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ >‪Color‬‬
‫< إﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ >‪ <Full‬أﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ >‬
‫‪.<Intelligent‬‬
‫ﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ إﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺗﻢ إﻋﺪﺍﺩھﺎ ﻣﺴﺒ ً‬
‫أﻭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻟﻌﺎﺏ أﻭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ إﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫>‪< Custom‬‬
‫ﻘﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻲ >‬
‫إﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ أﻭﺿﺎع ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ إﻋﺪﺍﺩھﺎ ﻣﺴﺒ ً‬
‫‪ <Brightness‬ﻭ>‪ <Contrast‬ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ھﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫>‪<Standard‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ھﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ إﻋﺪﺍًﺩﺍ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ )ﻧﺺ ‪ +‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫>‪<Game‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ھﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ إﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Bright‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫>‪<Cinema‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ھﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ إﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﺴﻄﻮع ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﺗﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ أﻓﻀﻞ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺗﺮﻓﻴﻬﻴﺔ )ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ أﻭ ‪ ،DVD‬ﻭﻣﺎ إﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ(‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫>‪<Dynamic Contrast‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺗﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ھﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ >‪.<Eco Saving‬‬
‫إﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﺶ ﺍﻟﺮأﺳﻴﺔ )ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ( ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Coarse‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ھﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ >‪.<H-Position‬‬
‫إﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﺶ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ )ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ( ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Fine‬‬
‫إﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ إﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ >‪ ،<Fine‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ >‪ <Coarse‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫>‪ <Fine‬ﻣﺮًﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪COLOR‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﺿﻮ ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻃﻮﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪.Samsung Electronics‬‬
‫‪Color‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫>‪ - <Off‬إﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ >‪Color‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫>‪ - <Demo‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺖ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ >‪Color‬‬
‫<‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫>‪ - <Full‬ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ أﻭﺿﺢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫>‪ - <Intelligent‬ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ أﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺪ‪.‬‬
‫< ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻘﺎ ﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻼﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻓ ً‬
‫‪Red‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ھﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ >‪Color‬‬
‫< إﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ >‪ <Full‬أﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫>‪.<Intelligent‬‬
‫ﻘﺎ ﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻼﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻓ ً‬
‫‪Green‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ھﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ >‪Color‬‬
‫< إﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ >‪ <Full‬أﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫>‪.<Intelligent‬‬
‫ﻘﺎ ﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻼﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻓ ً‬
‫‪Blue‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ھﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ >‪Color‬‬
‫< إﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ >‪ <Full‬أﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫>‪.<Intelligent‬‬
‫ﻘﺎ ﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻼﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﻓ ً‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺪﺍ‪.‬‬
‫>‪ - <Cool 2‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﺭﺩ ﺟ ً‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫>‪ - <Cool 1‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫>‪ - <Normal‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫>‪ - <Warm 1‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﻓﺊ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺪﺍ‪.‬‬
‫>‪ - <Warm 2‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﻓﺊ ﺟ ً‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫>‪ - <Custom‬ﺣﺪﺩ ھﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻳﺪﻭًﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ RGB‬ﻳﺪﻭًﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫إﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻌﺠﺒﻚ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺒ ً‬
‫‪Color Tone‬‬
‫< إﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ >‪ <Full‬أﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ھﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ >‪Color‬‬
‫>‪.<Intelligent‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ھﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮع ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Gamma‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫>‪<Mode1> - <Mode2> - <Mode3‬‬
‫)ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ >‪Bright‬‬
‫< إﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ >‪ <Dynamic Contrast‬ﻭ>‪(.<Cinema‬‬
‫‪SIZE & POSITION‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫‪H-Position‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ أﻓﻘًﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪V-Position‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺭأﺳًﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﻄُﺮﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻳﻀﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ 16:9‬أﻭ ‪.16:10‬‬
‫‪Image Size‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫>‪ - <Auto‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ إﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎع ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺈﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫>‪ - <Wide‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻤﻞء ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ إﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎع ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺈﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫„‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎع ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫„‬
‫إﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ إﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎع ﺳﻮﺍء ﺗﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫>‪ <Image Size‬إﻟﻰ >‪ <Auto‬أﻭ >‪.<Wide‬‬
‫‪Menu H‬‬‫‪Position‬‬
‫‪Menu V‬‬‫‪Position‬‬
‫‪SETUP&RESET‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺮأﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ھﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ إﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ إﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﻨﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫>‪<No> - <Yes‬‬
‫‪Reset‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Language‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ھﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ھﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ إﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫>‪<75%‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪ ،<%75‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ %75‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪Eco Saving‬‬
‫>‪<50%‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪ ،<%50‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ %50‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫>‪<Off‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪ ،<Off‬ﻳﺘﻢ إﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ھﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ >‪Bright‬‬
‫‪Off Timer‬‬
‫< إﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ >‪.<Dynamic Contrast‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ إﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ أﻭ إﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪On/Off‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫>‪<Off> - <On‬‬
‫إﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋًﻴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ إﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Off Timer‬‬
‫„‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ھﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪ <On‬ﻓﻲ >‪.<Off Timer On/Off‬‬
‫‪Setting‬‬
‫„‬
‫‪Key Repeat‬‬
‫‪Time‬‬
‫‪Customized‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺄﺧﺮ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >‪ <Acceleration‬أﻭ >‪ <1 sec‬أﻭ >‪ .<2 sec‬ﻳﺴﺘﺠﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪No‬‬
‫‪.<Repeat‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ "ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ" ﻷﻱ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪Key‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫>‪Bright‬‬
‫< ‪<Image Size> - <Eco Saving> -‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ إﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺄﻱ إﺟﺮﺍء‪.‬‬
‫‪Display Time‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻗﺒﻞ أﻥ ﺗﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪Menu‬‬
‫‪Transparency‬‬
‫‪INFORMATION‬‬
‫>‪<5 sec > - <10 sec> - <20 sec> - <200 sec‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺷﻔﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫>‪<Off> - <On‬‬
‫اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫‪INFORMATION‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫إﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ .3‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫‪ .3-6‬ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ‪ Brightness‬و ‪ Contrast‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ‬
‫اﺿﺒﻂ اﻹﻋﺪاد ‪ Brightness‬أو ‪ Contrast‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ]‬
‫[ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻷوﻟﻴﺔ )اﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ أي ﺯﺭ ﻣﻦ واﺟﮫﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ )ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ( ﻟﻌﺮﺽ اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ "اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ"‪ .‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‬
‫اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰﺭ ]‬
‫[ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ إﻋﺪادات ‪ Brightness‬و ‪.Contrast‬‬
‫‪ .3‬اﺿﺒﻂ اﻹﻋﺪاد ‪ Brightness‬أو ‪ Contrast‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ]‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫[‪ .‬ﺳﺘﻈﮫﺮ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ .4‬ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ‬
‫‪Natural Color .4-1‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮد ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Natural Color‬؟‬
‫ﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ اﻷﻟﻮان اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ وﻳﻮﻓﻖ ﺑﯿﻦ اﻷﻟﻮان اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ وأﻟﻮان‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ھﺬا اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت ‪ Samsung‬ﺣﯿﺚ ﻳﻤ ﱢ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮر اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ‪ .‬وﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‪ ،‬اﻟﺮﺟﺎء اﻟﺮﺟﻮع إﻟﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺬا اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ )‪.(F1‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Natural Color‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ .‬وﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ وﻳﺐ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ وﺗﺜﺒﯿﺘﻪ؛‬
‫‪http://www.samsung.com/us/consumer/learningresources/monitor/naturalcolorexpert/pop_download.html‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ .4‬ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ‬
‫‪MagicTune .4-2‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮد ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪MagicTune‬؟‬
‫إﻥ ‪ MagicTune‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ أﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭإﺭﺷﺎﺩاﺕ ﺳﻬﻠﺔ اﻟﻔﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻡ اﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺩﻭﻥ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻡ أﺯﺭاﺭ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ‬
‫‪ .1‬أﺩﺧﻞ اﻟﻘﺮﺹ اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁ اﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ اﻷﻗﺮاﺹ اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ إﻋﺪاﺩ ‪.MagicTune‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻤﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ إﻋﺪاﺩ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪MagicTune‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﺮﺹ اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﻟﻐﺔ اﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ]اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬أﻛﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺧﻄﻮاﺕ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎع اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫„‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ إﺫا ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫„‬
‫ﻘﺎ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎﺕ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ MagicTune‬ﻭﻓ ً‬
‫„‬
‫إﺫا ﻟﻢ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ اﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح ‪.F5‬‬
‫اﻟﻘﯿﻮد واﻟﻤﺸﺎﻛﻞ اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺜﺒﯿﺖ )‪(™MagicTune‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ™MagicTune‬ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭاﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻡ ﻭﺑﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬
‫‪OS‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪Windows 8, Windows 7, Windows Vista, Windows XP‬‬
‫إﺯاﻟﺔ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻓﻘﻂ إﺯاﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ™MagicTune‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ]إﺿﺎﻓﺔ أﻭ إﺯاﻟﺔ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ[ ﻓﻲ ‪.Windows‬‬
‫ﻹﺯاﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ،™MagicTune‬أﻛﻤﻞ اﻟﺨﻄﻮاﺕ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ]اﺑﺪأ[ ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ]إﻋﺪاﺩاﺕ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪﺩ ]ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ ،Windows XP‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ]اﺑﺪأ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪﺩ ]ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺎ ﻓﻮﻕ اﻟﺮﻣﺰ ]إﺿﺎﻓﺔ أﻭ إﺯاﻟﺔ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ[ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ "ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ"‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘًﺮا ﻣﺰﺩﻭ ً‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ]إﺿﺎﻓﺔ‪/‬إﺯاﻟﺔ[‪ ،‬اﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ™‪ MagicTune‬ﻭﺣﺪﺩﻩ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ]ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ أﻭ إﺯاﻟﺘﻬﺎ[ ﻹﺯاﻟﺔ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺣﺪﺩ ]ﻧﻌﻢ[ ﻟﺘﺒﺪأ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ إﺯاﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.™MagicTune‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ اﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﻴﻦ أﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻤﺖ إﺯاﻟﺔ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻧﻬﺎﺋًﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﻔﻨﻲ أﻭ ﻟﻄﺮح اﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺪاﻭﻟﺔ أﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ™‪ ،Magic Tune‬ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ .4‬ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ‬
‫‪MultiScreen .4-3‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮد ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪MultiScreen‬؟‬
‫ﻜﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ MultiScreen‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﯿﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﺴﯿﻢ ﺟﮫﺎﺯ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ إﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤ ﱢ‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ‬
‫‪ .1‬أﺩﺧﻞ اﻟﻘﺮﺹ اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁ اﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ اﻷﻗﺮاﺹ اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ إﻋﺪاﺩ ‪.MultiScreen‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم ﻇﮫﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻤﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ إﻋﺪاﺩ ‪ MultiScreen‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻘﺮﺹ اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﯿﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﮫﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ اﻟﺘﺜﺒﯿﺖ‪ ،‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ]اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬أﻛﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺧﻄﻮاﺕ ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎع اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎﺕ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﮫﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫„‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ إﺫا ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻻﻧﺘﮫﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫„‬
‫ﻘﺎ ﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ وﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎﺕ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻈﮫﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ MultiScreen‬وﻓ ً‬
‫„‬
‫إﺫا ﻟﻢ ﻳﻈﮫﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ اﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح ‪.F5‬‬
‫اﻟﻘﯿﻮد واﻟﻤﺸﺎﻛﻞ اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺜﺒﯿﺖ )‪(MultiScreen‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ إﺟﺮاءاﺕ ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ MultiScreen‬ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ واﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷم وﺑﯿﺌﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ‬
‫‪OS‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪Windows 2000‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪Windows XP Home Edition‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪Windows XP Professional‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪ Windows Vista 32‬ﺑﺖ‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪ Windows 7 32‬ﺑﺖ‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪ Windows 8 32‬ﺑﺖ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﯿﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ MultiScreen‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﮫﺎﺯ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ ‪ Windows 2000‬أو ﻧﻈﺎم ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ أﺣﺪﺙ‪.‬‬
‫اﻷﺟﮫﺰة‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺫاﻛﺮﺓ ﺳﻌﺔ ‪ 32‬ﻣﯿﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻞ‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫وﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺧﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ اﻷﻗﺮاﺹ اﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ‪ 60‬ﻣﯿﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫إﺯاﻟﺔ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ]اﺑﺪأ[‪ ،‬وﺣﺪﺩ ]إﻋﺪاﺩاﺕ[‪]/‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻣﺮﺗﯿﻦ ﻓﻮﻕ ]إﺿﺎﻓﺔ أو إﺯاﻟﺔ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ‪ MultiScreen‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ اﻟﺰﺭ ]إﺿﺎﻓﺔ‪/‬ﺣﺬﻑ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ .5‬اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮫﺎ‬
‫‪ .5-1‬اﻟﺘﺸﺨﯿﺺ اﻟﺬاﺗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺟﮫﺎﺯ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫„‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﺨﻴﺺ اﻟﺬاﺗﻲ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻤﺎ إﺫا ﻛﺎﻥ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫„‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ أﻭ اﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ﻭﻣﻴﺾ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺿﻮء اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫ﻭاﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﺨﻴﺺ اﻟﺬاﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎع اﻹﺟﺮاءاﺕ اﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ أﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭاﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ اﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬إﺫا ﻛﺎﻥ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ >‪.<Check Signal Cable‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ھﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ أﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ أﻭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﻨﺌ ٍ‬
‫ﺬ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ .5‬اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮫﺎ‬
‫‪ .5-2‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﻃﻠﺐ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻊ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪.Samsung Electronics‬‬
‫ﻇﮫﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ‪ /‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﻲ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫ھﻞ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ؟‬
‫ھﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫)ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ‪(D-sub‬‬
‫>‪ <Check Signal Cable‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ؟‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ھﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻌﺪﻯ إﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﻗﺔ أﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫>‪ <Not Optimum Mode‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ؟‬
‫ﻓﻲ ھﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ھﺬﺍ أﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ھﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﻭھﻞ ﻳُﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ أﻭ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ أﻱ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ‪ LED‬ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺯﻣﻨﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ "‪ "Check Signal Cable‬ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺧﻤﺲ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ؟‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﮫﺮ اﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ إﻣﺎ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓ اﻟﺴﻄﻮع أو ﻗﺎﺗﻤﺔ ﺗﻤﺎ ً‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ >‪ <Brightness‬ﻭ>‪.<Contrast‬‬
‫)ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮع إﻟﻰ >‪ <Brightness‬ﻭ‪(<Contrast‬‬
‫ﻘﺎ ﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫< ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ >‪ ،<Dynamic Contrast‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﻄﻮع ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﻓ ً‬
‫إﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ >‪Bright‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻈﮫﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﮫﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )‪.(OSD‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻤﺎ إﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ‬
‫ھﻞ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ؟‬
‫"إﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ"‪.‬‬
‫اﻷﻟﻮاﻥ ﻏﯿﺮ ﻃﺒﯿﻌﯿﺔ ‪ /‬اﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺗﻈﮫﺮ ﺑﺎﻷﺑﯿﺾ واﻷﺳﻮد‬
‫ھﻞ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻮ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺸﺎھﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫أﻋﺪ إﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻓﺎﻥ؟‬
‫ھﻞ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮع إﻟﻰ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ؟‬
‫ﺔ أو إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺓ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺤﺎﻓ ً‬
‫اﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﺠﺄ ً‬
‫ھﻞ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ أﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ]‪ [AUTO‬ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ھﻞ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ إﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ؟‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ )ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎع ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ(‬
‫ھﻞ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ؟‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮع إﻟﻰ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ وﺿﻮح اﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ھﻞ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ إﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ؟‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ )ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎع ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ(‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ اﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ ‪ 16‬ﺑﺖ )‪ 16‬ﻟﻮًﻧﺎ(‪ .‬ﺗﻐﯿﺮﺕ اﻷﻟﻮاﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : Windows XP‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺓ أﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ← ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ←‬
‫ھﻞ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ← إﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : Windows ME/2000‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﺓ أﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ← ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ←‬
‫إﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Windows Vista‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ← ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻬﺮ ﻭإﺿﻔﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ← إﺿﻔﺎء ﻃﺎﺑﻊ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ← إﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : Windows 7‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ← ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻬﺮ ﻭإﺿﻔﺎء ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ← ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ← ﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ← إﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ← ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : Windows 8‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ إﻋﺪﺍﺩ ← ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ← ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻭإﺿﻔﺎء ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ← ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ← ﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ← إﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ← ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ Windows‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪(.‬‬
‫ھﻞ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ؟‬
‫ﻘﺎ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺓ أﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﻓ ً‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﯿﻞ ﺟﮫﺎﺯ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﮫﺮ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ "ﺟﮫﺎﺯ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﻌﺮوف‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﮫﺎﺯ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﺘﻘﻨﯿﺔ "اﻟﺘﻮﺻﯿﻞ‬
‫واﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ" )‪ "(VESA DDC‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ھﻞ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ؟‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮع إﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭح ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻤﺎ إﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ "ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ" )‪ (VESA DDC‬ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮع‬
‫إﻟﻰ "ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ" ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮع إﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭح ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻨﻈﺮ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺤﻮاف اﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﯿﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﮫﺮ ﻣﻮاد ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﯿﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻃﻼء ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺩﺍء ﺑﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺷﻔﺎﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ ھﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻴًﺒﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻈًﺮﺍ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ھﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﺿ ً‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻤﺎع ﺻﻮﺕ "اﻟﺘﻨﺒﯿﻪ" ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻤﮫﯿﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫إﺫﺍ ﺻﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ أﻭ أﻛﺜﺮ أﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ .5‬اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮫﺎ‬
‫‪ .5-3‬اﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺪاوﻟﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ!‬
‫اﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺪاوﻟﺔ!‬
‫اﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺘﺮدد ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪ : Windows XP‬اﻧﺘﻘﻞ إﻟﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﯿﺢ← اﻟﻤﻈﮫﺮ واﻟﻨﺴﻖ← اﻟﻌﺮﺽ← إﻋﺪاداﺕ←‬
‫ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ← ﺟﮫﺎﺯ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ اﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدﺓ ﺿﻤﻦ إﻋﺪاداﺕ ﺟﮫﺎﺯ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪ : Windows ME/2000‬اﻧﺘﻘﻞ إﻟﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ← اﻟﻌﺮﺽ← اﻹﻋﺪاداﺕ← ﺧﯿﺎﺭاﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ← ﺟﮫﺎﺯ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ اﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺿﻤﻦ إﻋﺪاداﺕ ﺟﮫﺎﺯ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪ : Windows Vista‬اﻧﺘﻘﻞ إﻟﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ← اﻟﻤﻈﮫﺮ وإﺿﻔﺎء اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ← إﺿﻔﺎء‬
‫ﻃﺎﺑﻊ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ← إﻋﺪاداﺕ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ← إﻋﺪاداﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ← ﺟﮫﺎﺯ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ‬
‫ﻛﯿﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﻲ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ اﻟﺘﺮدد؟‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺿﻤﻦ إﻋﺪاداﺕ ﺟﮫﺎﺯ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪ :Windows 7‬اﻧﺘﻘﻞ إﻟﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﯿﺢ← اﻟﻤﻈﮫﺮ وإﺿﻔﺎء اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ← اﻟﻌﺮﺽ←‬
‫دﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ← إﻋﺪاداﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ← ﺟﮫﺎﺯ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ اﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻦ إﻋﺪاداﺕ‬
‫ﺟﮫﺎﺯ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪ :Windows 8‬اﻧﺘﻘﻞ إﻟﻰ إﻋﺪاداﺕ← ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﯿﺢ← اﻟﻤﻈﮫﺮ وإﺿﻔﺎء اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ←‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺽ← دﻗﺔ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ← إﻋﺪاداﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ← ﺟﮫﺎﺯ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ اﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻦ‬
‫إﻋﺪاداﺕ ﺟﮫﺎﺯ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪ : Windows XP‬اﻧﺘﻘﻞ إﻟﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ← اﻟﻤﻈﮫﺮ واﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ← اﻟﻌﺮﺽ ← اﻹﻋﺪاداﺕ‬
‫واﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪ : Windows ME/2000‬اﻧﺘﻘﻞ إﻟﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ← اﻟﻌﺮﺽ ← اﻹﻋﺪاداﺗﻮاﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪ : Windows Vista‬اﻧﺘﻘﻞ إﻟﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ← اﻟﻤﻈﮫﺮ وإﺿﻔﺎء اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ← إﺿﻔﺎء‬
‫ﻃﺎﺑﻊ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ← إﻋﺪاداﺕ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ واﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﯿﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﻲ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ؟‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪ :Windows 7‬اﻧﺘﻘﻞ إﻟﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ← اﻟﻤﻈﮫﺮ وإﺿﻔﺎء اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ← اﻟﻌﺮﺽ ←‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ واﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪ :Windows 8‬اﻧﺘﻘﻞ إﻟﻰ إﻋﺪاداﺕ ← ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ← اﻟﻤﻈﮫﺮ وإﺿﻔﺎء اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ←‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺽ ← ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ واﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪ : Windows XP‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﯿﯿﻦ وﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﻓﯿﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ← اﻟﻤﻈﮫﺮ واﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ←‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺽ ← إﻋﺪاداﺕ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ أو ‪) BIOS SETUP‬إﻋﺪاد ﻧﻈﺎﻡ اﻹدﺧﺎﻝ‪/‬اﻹﺧﺮاﺝ‬
‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ( ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪ : Windows ME/2000‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﯿﯿﻦ وﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﻓﯿﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ← اﻟﻌﺮﺽ ←‬
‫إﻋﺪاداﺕ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ أو ‪) BIOS SETUP‬إﻋﺪاد ﻧﻈﺎﻡ اﻹدﺧﺎﻝ‪/‬اﻹﺧﺮاﺝ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ( ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪ : Windows Vista‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﯿﯿﻦ وﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﻓﯿﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ← اﻟﻤﻈﮫﺮ وإﺿﻔﺎء‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ← إﺿﻔﺎء ﻃﺎﺑﻊ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ← إﻋﺪاداﺕ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ أو ‪BIOS SETUP‬‬
‫ﻛﯿﻒ أﻗﻮﻡ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ وﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﻓﯿﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ؟‬
‫)إﻋﺪاد ﻧﻈﺎﻡ اﻹدﺧﺎﻝ‪/‬اﻹﺧﺮاﺝ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ( ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪ :Windows 7‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﯿﯿﻦ وﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﻓﯿﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ← اﻟﻤﻈﮫﺮ وإﺿﻔﺎء اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ← إﺿﻔﺎء ﻃﺎﺑﻊ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ← إﻋﺪاداﺕ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ أو ‪) BIOS SETUP‬إﻋﺪاد‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ اﻹدﺧﺎﻝ‪/‬اﻹﺧﺮاﺝ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ( ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪ :Windows 8‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﯿﯿﻦ وﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﻓﯿﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ إﻋﺪاداﺕ ← ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ← اﻟﻤﻈﮫﺮ‬
‫وإﺿﻔﺎء اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ← إﺿﻔﺎء ﻃﺎﺑﻊ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ← إﻋﺪاداﺕ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ أو ‪BIOS‬‬
‫‪) SETUP‬إﻋﺪاد ﻧﻈﺎﻡ اﻹدﺧﺎﻝ‪/‬اﻹﺧﺮاﺝ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ( ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ .6‬ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬
‫‪ .6-1‬اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬
‫‪S19B150N‬‬
‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﻄﺮاﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫‪S19B150N‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ‬
‫‪ 18.5‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ )‪ 47‬ﺳﻢ(‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫‪ 409.8‬ﻣﻢ )ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎع( × ‪ 230.4‬ﻣﻢ )ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺴﻞ‬
‫‪ 0.300‬ﻣﻢ )ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎع( × ‪ 0.300‬ﻣﻢ )ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ(‬
‫أﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫‪ 30‬إﻟﻰ ‪ 81‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ھﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺭأﺳﻲ‬
‫‪ 56‬إﻟﻰ ‪ 75‬ھﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ 16.7‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮن‬
‫ﻟﻮن ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ 768 × 1366‬ﺑﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ 60‬ھﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﻗﺔ‬
‫‪ 768 × 1366‬ﺑﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ 60‬ھﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ‬
‫‪RGB Analog‬‬
‫‪ 0.7‬ﻓﻮﻟﻂ )ﺫﺭﻭﺓ إﻟﻰ ﺫﺭﻭﺓ( ‪%5 ±‬‬
‫إﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ H/V sync‬ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‪SOG ،‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ‪) TTL‬ﺭأﺳﻲ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ≤ ‪ 2.0‬ﻓﻮﻟﻂ‪ ،‬ﺭأﺳﻲ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ≥ ‪ 0.8‬ﻓﻮﻟﻂ(‬
‫‪ 95‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ھﺮﺗﺰ )ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻠﻲ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺴﻞ‬
‫ﺪﺍ ﻛﻬﺮﺑًﻴﺎ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭح ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 240-100‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻤﺎ أن ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ھﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺟﻬ ً‬
‫إﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻠﺪ ﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ ‪ D-sub 15‬ﺳًﻨﺎ إﻟﻰ ‪ 15‬ﺳًﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﺼﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﻃﻮل×ﻋﺮﺽ×ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎع( ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﻮﺯن‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ 53 × 273 × 445‬ﻣﻢ )ﺑﺪﻭن ﺣﺎﻣﻞ(‬
‫‪ 177 × 348 × 445‬ﻣﻢ )ﺑﺤﺎﻣﻞ( ‪ 2.1 /‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ 10 :‬إﻟﻰ ‪ 40‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ )‪ 50‬إﻟﻰ ‪ 104‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ‪ % 10‬إﻟﻰ ‪ ،% 80‬ﺩﻭن ﺗﻜﺜﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‪ 20- :‬إﻟﻰ ‪ 45‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ )‪ 4-‬إﻟﻰ ‪ 113‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‪ % 5 :‬إﻟﻰ ‪ ،% 95‬ﺩﻭن ﺗﻜﺜﻒ‬
‫‪(˚±2.0)˚20.0~ (˚±2.0)˚1.0-‬‬
‫‪S22B150N‬‬
‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﻄﺮاﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫‪S22B150N‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ‬
‫‪ 21.5‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ )‪ 54‬ﺳﻢ(‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫‪ 476.6‬ﻣﻢ )ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎع( × ‪ 268.1‬ﻣﻢ )ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺴﻞ‬
‫‪ 0.24825‬ﻣﻢ )ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎع( × ‪ 0.24825‬ﻣﻢ )ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ(‬
‫أﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫‪ 30‬إﻟﻰ ‪ 81‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ھﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺭأﺳﻲ‬
‫‪ 56‬إﻟﻰ ‪ 75‬ھﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ 16.7‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮن‬
‫ﻟﻮن ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ 1080 × 1920‬ﺑﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ 60‬ھﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﻗﺔ‬
‫‪ 1080 × 1920‬ﺑﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ 60‬ھﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ‬
‫‪RGB Analog‬‬
‫إﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ 0.7‬ﻓﻮﻟﻂ )ﺫﺭﻭﺓ إﻟﻰ ﺫﺭﻭﺓ( ‪%5 ±‬‬
‫‪ H/V sync‬ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‪SOG ،‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ‪) TTL‬ﺭأﺳﻲ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ≤ ‪ 2.0‬ﻓﻮﻟﻂ‪ ،‬ﺭأﺳﻲ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ≥ ‪ 0.8‬ﻓﻮﻟﻂ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺴﻞ‬
‫‪ 185‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ھﺮﺗﺰ )ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻠﻲ(‬
‫ﺪﺍ ﻛﻬﺮﺑًﻴﺎ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭح ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 240-100‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻤﺎ أن ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ھﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺟﻬ ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻠﺪ ﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫إﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ ‪ D-sub 15‬ﺳًﻨﺎ إﻟﻰ ‪ 15‬ﺳًﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﺼﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﻃﻮل×ﻋﺮﺽ×ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎع( ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﻮﺯن‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ 53 × 311 × 512‬ﻣﻢ )ﺑﺪﻭن ﺣﺎﻣﻞ(‬
‫‪ 197 × 385 × 512‬ﻣﻢ )ﺑﺤﺎﻣﻞ( ‪ 2.7 /‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ 10 :‬إﻟﻰ ‪ 40‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ )‪ 50‬إﻟﻰ ‪ 104‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ‪ % 10‬إﻟﻰ ‪ ،% 80‬ﺩﻭن ﺗﻜﺜﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‪ 20- :‬إﻟﻰ ‪ 45‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ )‪ 4-‬إﻟﻰ ‪ 113‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‪ % 5 :‬إﻟﻰ ‪ ،% 95‬ﺩﻭن ﺗﻜﺜﻒ‬
‫‪(˚±2.0)˚20.0~ (˚±2.0)˚1.0-‬‬
‫‪S24B150NL‬‬
‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﻄﺮاﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫‪S24B150NL‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ‬
‫‪ 23.6‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ )‪ 59‬ﺳﻢ(‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫‪ 521.28‬ﻣﻢ )ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎع( × ‪ 293.22‬ﻣﻢ )ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺴﻞ‬
‫‪ 0.2715‬ﻣﻢ )ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎع( × ‪ 0.2715‬ﻣﻢ )ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ(‬
‫أﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫‪ 30‬إﻟﻰ ‪ 81‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ھﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺭأﺳﻲ‬
‫‪ 56‬إﻟﻰ ‪ 75‬ھﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ 16.7‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮن‬
‫ﻟﻮن ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ 1080 × 1920‬ﺑﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ 60‬ھﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﻗﺔ‬
‫‪ 1080 × 1920‬ﺑﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ 60‬ھﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ‬
‫‪RGB Analog‬‬
‫‪ 0.7‬ﻓﻮﻟﻂ )ﺫﺭﻭﺓ إﻟﻰ ﺫﺭﻭﺓ( ‪%5 ±‬‬
‫إﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ H/V sync‬ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‪SOG ،‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ‪) TTL‬ﺭأﺳﻲ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ≤ ‪ 2.0‬ﻓﻮﻟﻂ‪ ،‬ﺭأﺳﻲ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ≥ ‪ 0.8‬ﻓﻮﻟﻂ(‬
‫‪ 164‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ھﺮﺗﺰ )ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻠﻲ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺴﻞ‬
‫ﺪﺍ ﻛﻬﺮﺑًﻴﺎ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭح ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 240-100‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻤﺎ أن ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ھﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺟﻬ ً‬
‫إﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻠﺪ ﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ ‪ D-sub 15‬ﺳًﻨﺎ إﻟﻰ ‪ 15‬ﺳًﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﺼﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﻃﻮل×ﻋﺮﺽ×ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎع( ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﻮﺯن‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ 53 × 342 × 569‬ﻣﻢ )ﺑﺪﻭن ﺣﺎﻣﻞ(‬
‫‪ 197 × 416 × 569‬ﻣﻢ )ﺑﺤﺎﻣﻞ( ‪ 3.8 /‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ 10 :‬إﻟﻰ ‪ 40‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ )‪ 50‬إﻟﻰ ‪ 104‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ‪ % 10‬إﻟﻰ ‪ ،% 80‬ﺩﻭن ﺗﻜﺜﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‪ 20- :‬إﻟﻰ ‪ 45‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ )‪ 4-‬إﻟﻰ ‪ 113‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‪ % 5 :‬إﻟﻰ ‪ ،% 95‬ﺩﻭن ﺗﻜﺜﻒ‬
‫‪(˚±2.0)˚20.0~ (˚±2.0)˚1.0-‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ إﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻭن إﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ھﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ھﻮ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍً ﺭﻗﻤﻴًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎط اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )وﺣﺪات اﻟﺒﻜﺴﻞ(‬
‫ﻋ ﺎ أﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻈًﺮﺍ ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻊ ھﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﻜﺴﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻠﻴﻮن ﻭﺣﺪﺓ )ﺟﺰء ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻠﻴﻮن( ﺑﺸﻜﻞ أﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﻄﻮ ً‬
‫ﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ أﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺘﺎﻣ ً‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ .6‬ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬
‫‪ .6-2‬وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ ھﺬا ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺩاﺧﻠﻲ ﻹﺩاﺭﺓ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻳُﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﻮﻓﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ھﺬا اﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ إﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ إﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋًﻴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ أﻱ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ اﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ أﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻪ ﺩﻭﻥ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻡ ﻟﻔﺘﺮاﺕ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ اﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ "ﻣﻮﻓﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ" ﻣﻊ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ اﻟﻤﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ‪ VESA DPM‬ﻭاﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ .‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ أﺩاﺓ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺪاﺩ ھﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻌﺎدي‬
‫وﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻴﺾ‬
‫إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ 20‬ﻭاﺕ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺟﻴﺔ ‪ 0.3‬ﻭاﺕ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺟﻴﺔ ‪ 0.3‬ﻭاﺕ‬
‫‪ 30‬ﻭاﺕ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺟﻴﺔ ‪ 0.3‬ﻭاﺕ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺟﻴﺔ ‪ 0.3‬ﻭاﺕ‬
‫‪ 30‬ﻭاﺕ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺟﻴﺔ ‪ 0.3‬ﻭاﺕ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺟﻴﺔ ‪ 0.3‬ﻭاﺕ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫)‪(S19B150N‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫)‪(S22B150N‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫)‪(S24B150NL‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ اﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ "ﺻﻔًﺮا" ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬.6 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﯿﻊ أﻧﺤﺎء اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‬SAMSUNG ‫ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑـﺸﺮﻛﺔ‬.6-3
.SAMSUNG ‫ ﻓﯿﺮﺟﻰ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻤﻼء‬،Samsung ‫إﺫا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ أﻳﺔ أﺳﺌﻠﺔ أو ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻘﺎت ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎت‬
North America
http://www.samsung.com
http://www.samsung.com/ca (Spanish)
http://www.samsung.com/ca_fr (French)
http://www.samsung.com
1-800-SAMSUNG (726-7864)
U.S.A
1-800-SAMSUNG (726-7864)
CANADA
01-800-SAMSUNG (726-7864)
MEXICO
Latin America
http://www.samsung.com
0800-333-3733
ARGENTINE
http://www.samsung.com
800-10-7260
BOLIVIA
0800-124-421
http://www.samsung.com
4004-0000
800-SAMSUNG (726-7864)
http://www.samsung.com
From mobile 02-482 82 00
http://www.samsung.com
http://www.samsung.com/latin (Spanish)
http://www.samsung.com/latin_en (English)
http://www.samsung.com/latin (Spanish)
http://www.samsung.com/latin_en (English)
http://www.samsung.com/latin (Spanish)
http://www.samsung.com/latin_en (English)
http://www.samsung.com/latin (Spanish)
http://www.samsung.com/latin_en (English)
http://www.samsung.com/latin (Spanish)
http://www.samsung.com/latin_en (English)
http://www.samsung.com/latin (Spanish)
http://www.samsung.com/latin_en (English)
http://www.samsung.com
http://www.samsung.com/latin (Spanish)
http://www.samsung.com/latin_en (English)
http://www.samsung.com/latin (Spanish)
http://www.samsung.com/latin_en (English)
http://www.samsung.com
BRAZIL
CHILE
01-8000112112
COLOMBIA
0-800-507-7267
COSTA RICA
1-800-751-2676
DOMINICA
1-800-10-7267
ECUADOR
800-6225
EL SALVADOR
1-800-299-0013
GUATEMALA
800-27919267
HONDURAS
1-800-234-7267
JAMAICA
00-1800-5077267
NICARAGUA
800-7267
PANAMA
0-800-777-08
PERU
http://www.samsung.com
1-800-682-3180
PUERTO RICO
http://www.samsung.com
1-800-SAMSUNG (726-7864)
TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
http://www.samsung.com
0-800-100-5303
VENEZUELA
Europe
http://www.samsung.com
http://www.samsung.com/be (Dutch)
SAMSUNG - 0810
(7267864, € 0.07/min)
AUSTRIA
02-201-24-18
BELGIUM
http://www.samsung.com
1999 133 05
BOSNIA
http://www.samsung.com
normal tariff , 11 33 07001
BULGARIA
http://www.samsung.com
(7864 726 062) SAMSUNG 062
CROATIA
http://www.samsung.com/be_fr (French)
http://www.samsung.com
http://www.samsung.com
only from landline 4000 8009
(+30) 210 6897691 from mobile and land line
800-SAMSUNG (800726786-)
CYPRUS
CZECH
Samsung Electronics Czech and Slovak, s.r.o.,Oasis
Florenc, Sokolovská 394/17, 180 00, Praha 8
http://www.samsung.com
70 19 70 70
DENMARK
http://www.samsung.com
717100 0818
EIRE
http://www.samsung.com
800-7267
ESTONIA
http://www.samsung.com
85635050 09
FINLAND
http://www.samsung.com
00 00 63 48 01
FRANCE
.SAMSUNG bzw 5 0180
http://www.samsung.com
0180 5 7267864* (*0,14 €/Min. aus dem dt.
Festnetz, aus dem Mobilfunk max. 0,42
GERMANY
€/Min.)
80111-SAMSUNG (80111 726 7864) only from
land line
http://www.samsung.com
GREECE
(+30) 210 6897691 from mobile and land line
http://www.samsung.com
06-80-SAMSUNG(726-7864)
HUNGARY
http://www.samsung.com
800-SAMSUNG (726-7864)
ITALIA
http://www.samsung.com
8000-7267
LATVIA
http://www.samsung.com
8-800-77777
LITHUANIA
http://www.samsung.com
710 03 261
LUXEMBURG
http://www.samsung.com
888 405 020
MONTENEGRO
SAMSUNG-0900
http://www.samsung.com
(0900-7267864) (€ 0.10/Min)
http://www.samsung.com
56480 815
0 801-1SAMSUNG (172-678)
http://www.samsung.com
http://www.samsung.com
http://www.samsung.com
607-93-33 22 48+
808 20-SAMSUNG (808 20 7267)
08008 SAMSUNG (08008 726 7864)
.TOLL FREE No
NETHERLANDS
NORWAY
POLAND
PORTUGAL
RUMANIA
http://www.samsung.com
(7864 726 0700) Samsung 0700
SERBIA
http://www.samsung.com
0800 - SAMSUNG(0800-726 786)
SLOVAKIA
http://www.samsung.com
902 - 1 - SAMSUNG (902 172 678)
SPAIN
http://www.samsung.com
0771 726 7864 (SAMSUNG)
SWEDEN
http://www.samsung.com/ch (German)
SAMSUNG - 0848
http://www.samsung.com/ch_fr (French)
(7267864, CHF 0.08/min)
http://www.samsung.com
(7267864) SAMSUNG 0330
U.K
http://www.samsung.com
0-800-05-555
ARMENIA
http://www.samsung.com
088-55-55-555
AZERBAIJAN
http://www.samsung.com
810-800-500-55-500
BELARUS
http://www.samsung.com
0-800-555-555
GEORGIA
http://www.samsung.com
8-10-800-500-55-500 (GSM: 7799)
KAZAKHSTAN
http://www.samsung.com
00-800-500-55-500
KYRGYZSTAN
SWITZERLAND
CIS
http://www.samsung.com
0-800-614-40
MOLDOVA
http://www.samsung.com
7-800-555-55-55+
MONGOLIA
http://www.samsung.com
8-800-555-55-55
RUSSIA
http://www.samsung.com
8-10-800-500-55-500
TADJIKISTAN
0-800-502-000
UKRAINE
8-10-800-500-55-500
UZBEKISTAN
http://www.samsung.com/ua (Ukrainian)
http://www.samsung.com/ua_ru (Russian)
http://www.samsung.com
Asia Pacific
http://www.samsung.com
603 362 1300
AUSTRALIA
http://www.samsung.com
400-810-5858
CHINA
(852) 3698 4698
HONG KONG
http://www.samsung.com/hk (Chinese)
http://www.samsung.com/hk_en (English)
11 1100 1800
8282 3030
http://www.samsung.com
8282 3000 1800
INDIA
8282 266 1800
0800-112-8888
http://www.samsung.com
021-5699-7777
http://www.samsung.com
0120-327-527
INDONESIA
JAPAN
http://www.samsung.com
1800-88-9999
MALAYSIA
http://www.samsung.com
0800 SAMSUNG (0800 726 786)
NEW ZEALAND
1-800-10-SAMSUNG(726-7864) for PLDT
http://www.samsung.com
1-800-3-SAMSUNG (726-7864) for Digitel
1-800-8-SAMSUNG(726-7864) for Globe
PHILIPPINES
02-5805777
http://www.samsung.com
1800-SAMSUNG (726-7864)
0800-329-999
http://www.samsung.com
0266-026-066
1800-29-3232
http://www.samsung.com
02-689-3232
http://www.samsung.com
SINGAPORE
TAIWAN
THAILAND
889 588 800 1
VIETNAM
8000-4726
BAHRAIN
http://www.samsung.com
08000-726786
EGYPT
http://www.samsung.com
021-8255
IRAN
Middle East
http://www.samsung.com/ae (English)
http://www.samsung.com/ae_ar (Arabic)
800-22273
http://www.samsung.com
065777444
http://www.samsung.com/ae (English)
JORDAN
183-2255
KUWAIT
2255 100 080
MOROCCO
800-SAMSUNG (726-7864)
OMAN
9200-21230
SAUDI ARABIA
http://www.samsung.com
11 77 444
TURKEY
http://www.samsung.com
800-SAMSUNG (726-7864)
U.A.E
http://www.samsung.com
91-726-7864
ANGOLA
http://www.samsung.com
0800-726-000
BOTSWANA
http://www.samsung.com
0077 -7095
CAMEROON
http://www.samsung.com
0077 8000
COTE D’ IVOIRE
http://www.samsung.com/ae_ar (Arabic)
http://www.samsung.com
http://www.samsung.com/ae (English)
http://www.samsung.com/ae_ar (Arabic)
http://www.samsung.com/ae (English)
http://www.samsung.com/ae_ar (Arabic)
Africa
http://www.samsung.com
http://www.samsung.com
0800-10077
0302-200077
GHANA
000 724 0800
KENYA
http://www.samsung.com
8197267864
NAMIBIA
http://www.samsung.com
0800-726-7864
NIGERIA
http://www.samsung.com
800-00-0077
SENEGAL
http://www.samsung.com
0860-SAMSUNG (726-7864)
SOUTH AFRICA
http://www.samsung.com
00 99 88 0685
TANZANIA
http://www.samsung.com
300 300 0800
UGANDA
http://www.samsung.com
211350370
ZAMBIA
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ .6‬ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ .6-4‬ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﺪﻓﻊ )اﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﺤﻤﻠﮫﺎ اﻟﻌﻤﻼء(‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﻠﺐ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻧﺤﺼﻞ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺣﺪ اﻟﻔﻨﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﻐﺾ اﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺇﺫا ﻛﺎﻥ اﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻻ ﻳﺰاﻝ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺮﺓ اﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪم ﻭﺟﻮد ﻋﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺮح ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ ﻭﻏﻴﺮھﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩاﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻡ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭاﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻓﻚ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫا ﻗﺪﻡ اﻟﻔﻨ ّ‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺇﺫا ﻛﺎﻥ اﻟﺨﻠﻞ ﺃﻭ اﻟﻌﻴﺐ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ )اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺃﻭ اﻟﻬﻮاﺋﻲ ﺃﻭ اﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ اﻟﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮھﺎ‪.(.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺇﺫا ﺗﻤﺖ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻤﻨُﺘﺞ اﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺷﺮاﺅﻩ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫا ﺗﻤﺖ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﻐﺮﺽ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎ ٍ‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺇﺫا ﻃﻠﺐ اﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩاﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻡ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺇﺫا ﻃﻠﺐ اﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩاﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻡ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺇﺫا ﻃﻠﺐ اﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﺇﻋﺪاﺩﻩ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻲ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺈﺯاﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﻮاﺩ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺩاﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫا ﻗﺎﻡ ﻓﻨ ّ‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺇﺫا ﻃﻠﺐ اﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺷﺮاﺋﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻮاﻗﻊ اﻟﺘﺴﻮﻕ اﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﻲ ﺃﻭ اﻟﺘﺴﻮﻕ ﻋﺒﺮ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺳﻮء اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻡ اﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ اﻹﺻﻼح‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫا ﺗﻠﻒ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ؛‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺗُﺒﺎع ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪.Samsung‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﺸﺨﺺ ﺑﺨﻼﻑ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd‬ﻹﺻﻼح اﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﻼﺣﻪ ﻣﻦ ِﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻡ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺪ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ اﺗّﺒﺎع "اﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ" اﻟﻮاﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ أﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻠﻒ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻛﺎﺭﺛﺔ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ )ﻛﺎﻟﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺒﺮﻕ ﻭاﻟﺤﺮاﺋﻖ ﻭاﻟﺰﻻﺯﻝ ﻭاﻟﻔﻴﻀﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻏﻴﺮھﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ )اﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭاﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻭﻟﻤﺒﺎﺕ اﻟﻔﻠﻮﺭﺳﻨﺖ ﻭﺭﺅﻭﺱ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻭاﻟﻬّﺰاﺯ ﻭاﻟﻤﺼﺒﺎح ﻭاﻟﻤﺮﺷﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭاﻷﺷﺮﻃﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮھﺎ‪.(.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺭﺳﻮﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻃﻠﺐ اﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻄﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ .‬ﻟﺬا‪ ،‬ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ ﻗﺮاءﺓ "ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻻ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ" ﺃﻭ ً‬